blob: 76ea8f3bae0337f912d7b51eb9fc3b16255c4fee [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000041#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000042#include <algorithm>
43#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000044#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000046#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <set>
48#include <utility>
49#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000050
51using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000052using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000053
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000054namespace {
55 class UnqualUsingEntry {
56 const DeclContext *Nominated;
57 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059 public:
60 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
62 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
63 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000064
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000065 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
66 return CommonAncestor;
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
70 return Nominated;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
74 struct Comparator {
75 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
76 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
77 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000078
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000079 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
80 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
84 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
85 }
86 };
87 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000088
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000089 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
90 /// lookup.
91 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000092 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 ListTy list;
95 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000096
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000097 public:
98 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000099
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000100 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000101 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
103 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
104 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000105 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000107
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000108 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000109 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
110 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
111 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000112 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
114 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
115 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000116 Scope::udir_iterator I = S->using_directives_begin(),
117 End = S->using_directives_end();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000118 for (; I != End; ++I)
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000119 visit(*I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000121 }
122 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123
124 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
125 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
126 // declared in the context.
127 //
128 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
129 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
130 // the effective DCs right.
131 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
132 if (!visited.insert(DC))
133 return;
134
135 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
136 }
137
138 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
139 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
140 // were declared in the effective DC.
141 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
142 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
143 if (!visited.insert(NS))
144 return;
145
146 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
147 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
148 }
149
150 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
151 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
152 // the given effective context.
153 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000154 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000155 while (true) {
156 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, End;
157 for (llvm::tie(I, End) = DC->getUsingDirectives(); I != End; ++I) {
158 UsingDirectiveDecl *UD = *I;
159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
160 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
200 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000202 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000203 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
204 }
205 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
209// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000210static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
211 bool CPlusPlus,
212 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000213 unsigned IDNS = 0;
214 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000215 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000216 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000217 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000218 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000219 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000221 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000222 if (Redeclaration)
223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000224 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000225 if (Redeclaration)
226 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000227 break;
228
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000229 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
230 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
231 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
232 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
233 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
234 break;
235
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000236 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000237 if (CPlusPlus) {
238 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
239
240 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
241 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
242 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
243 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
244 // "overload" with tag decls.
245 if (Redeclaration)
246 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
247 } else {
248 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
249 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000250 break;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000251 case Sema::LookupLabel:
252 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
253 break;
254
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000255 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
256 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
257 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000259 break;
260
261 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000262 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
263 break;
264
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000265 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000266 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000268
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000269 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
270 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag
271 | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Using;
272 break;
273
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000274 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
276 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000277
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000278 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000280 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
281 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
282 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000283 }
284 return IDNS;
285}
286
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000287void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000288 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000289 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000290
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000291 if (!isForRedeclaration()) {
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000292 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
293 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
294 // operators can be found.
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000295 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000296 case OO_New:
297 case OO_Delete:
298 case OO_Array_New:
299 case OO_Array_Delete:
300 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
301 break;
302
303 default:
304 break;
305 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000306
307 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
308 // up being declared.
309 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
310 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
311 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
312 AllowHidden = true;
313 }
314 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000315 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000316}
317
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000318bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Daniel Dunbar9e19f132012-03-08 01:43:06 +0000319 // Note that this function is never called by NDEBUG builds. See
320 // LookupResult::sanity().
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000321 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
322 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
324 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
325 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
326 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
327 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000328 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000330 assert((Paths != NULL) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
331 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
332 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000333 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000334}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000337void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000339}
340
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
342/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000343static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000344 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
345 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
346 // those.
347 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
348 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
349 return DC;
350
351 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
352 // declaration must have been found there.
353 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
354}
355
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000356/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000357void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000358 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000359
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000360 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000361 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000362 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000363 return;
364 }
365
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000366 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
367 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000368 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000369 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
370 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000371 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000372 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000373 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
374 return;
375 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000376
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000377 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000378 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000379
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000380 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000381 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000382
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000383 bool Ambiguous = false;
384 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000385 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000386
387 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000388
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000389 unsigned I = 0;
390 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000391 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
392 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000393
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000394 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
395 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
396 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
397 continue;
398 }
399
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000400 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
401 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
402 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
403 // canonical type.
404 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
405 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
406 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
407 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
408 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
409 // at this index.
410 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
411 continue;
412 }
413 }
414 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000415
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000416 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000417 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
418 // continue at this index).
419 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000420 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000421 }
422
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000423 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000424
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000425 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
426 HasUnresolved = true;
427 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
428 if (HasTag)
429 Ambiguous = true;
430 UniqueTagIndex = I;
431 HasTag = true;
432 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
433 HasFunction = true;
434 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
435 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
436 HasFunction = true;
437 } else {
438 if (HasNonFunction)
439 Ambiguous = true;
440 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000441 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000442 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000444
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000445 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
446 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
447 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
448 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
449 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
450 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
451 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
452 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
453 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000454 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000455 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000456 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
457 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000458 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
459 else
460 Ambiguous = true;
461 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000462
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000463 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000464
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000465 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000466 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000467
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000468 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000469 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000470 else if (HasUnresolved)
471 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000472 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000473 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000474 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000475 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000476}
477
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000478void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000479 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000480 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000481 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
482 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000483 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000484}
485
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000486void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000487 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
488 Paths->swap(P);
489 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
490 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000492}
493
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000494void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
496 Paths->swap(P);
497 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
498 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000499 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000500}
501
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000502void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000503 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
504 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
505 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000506
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000507 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
508 Out << "\n";
509 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
510 }
511}
512
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000513/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
514/// fail.
515static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
516 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
517
518 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
519 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
520 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
521 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
522 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
523 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
524 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000525 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
526 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
527 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
528 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
529 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
530 return true;
531 }
532
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000533 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
534 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
535 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
536 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000537 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000538 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
539 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000540
541 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
542 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000543 R.isForRedeclaration(),
544 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000545 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000546 return true;
547 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000548 }
549 }
550 }
551
552 return false;
553}
554
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000555/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
556/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000557static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000558 // We need to have a definition for the class.
559 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
560 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000561
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000562 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000563 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000564}
565
566void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000567 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000568 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000569
570 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000571 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000572 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000573
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000574 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000575 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000576 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000577
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000578 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000579 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000580 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
581
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000583 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
584 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
585 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
586
587 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
588 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
589 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
590 }
591
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000592 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000593 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000594 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000595}
596
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000597/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000598/// special member function.
599static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
600 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000601 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000602 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
603 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000604
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000605 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
606 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000607
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000608 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000609 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000610 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000611
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000612 return false;
613}
614
615/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
616/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000617static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000618 DeclarationName Name,
619 const DeclContext *DC) {
620 if (!DC)
621 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000622
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000623 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000624 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
625 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000626 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000627 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000628 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000629 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000630 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000631 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000632 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000633 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
634 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000635 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000636 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000637
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000638 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
639 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000640 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000641 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000642 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000643 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000644
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000645 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
646 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
647 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000648
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000649 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000650 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000651 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000652 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000653 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000654 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000655 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
656 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
657 }
658 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000659 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000660
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000661 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000662 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000663 }
664}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000665
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000666// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
667// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000668static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000669 bool Found = false;
670
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000671 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000672 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000673 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000674
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000675 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000676 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
677 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
678 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000679 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000680 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000681 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000682 Found = true;
683 }
684 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000685
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000686 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
687 return true;
688
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000689 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000690 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
691 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
692 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
693 return Found;
694
695 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000696 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000697 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
698 // context of the use are considered. [...]
699 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000700 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000701 return Found;
702
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000703 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
704 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000705 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
706 if (!ConvTemplate)
707 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000708
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000709 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000710 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
711 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000712 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
713 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
714 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
715 Found = true;
716 continue;
717 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000718
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000719 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000720 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
721 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000722 // name lookup.
723 //
724 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
725 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000726 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000727 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
728 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000729 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000730 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731
732 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000733 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
734 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000735
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000736 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
737 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
738 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000739 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000740 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +0000741 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000742 EPI.NumExceptions = 0;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000743 QualType ExpectedType
744 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000745 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000746
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000747 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
748 // expect the function to have.
749 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, 0, ExpectedType,
750 Specialization, Info)
751 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
752 R.addDecl(Specialization);
753 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000754 }
755 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000756
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000757 return Found;
758}
759
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000760// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000761static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000763 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000764
765 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
766
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000767 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000768 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000769
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000770 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
771 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
772 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
773 llvm::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000774
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000775 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000776 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000777 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000778
779 R.resolveKind();
780
781 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000782}
783
784static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000785 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000786 return Ctx->isFileContext();
787 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000788}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000789
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000790// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
791// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
792// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
793// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
794// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
795// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
796// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
797static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000798 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000799 DeclContext *Lexical = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000800 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000801 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
802 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000803 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000804 break;
805 }
806 }
807
808 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
809 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
810 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
811 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
812 // a member of this namespace.
813 //
814 // Example:
815 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000816 // namespace N {
817 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000818 //
819 // template<class T> class B {
820 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000821 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000822 // }
823 //
824 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
825 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
826 // }
827 //
828 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
829 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000830 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000831 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
832 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
833
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000834 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000835 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
836 // template<class C>.
837 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
838 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
839 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
840 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000841
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000842 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
843 // the example, this is namespace N.
844 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
845 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
846 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000847
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000848 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
849 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
850 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
851 // example, this is the global scope.
852 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
853 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
854 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
855
856 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000857}
858
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000859namespace {
860/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
861/// declarations.
862struct FindLocalExternScope {
863 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
864 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
865 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
866 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
867 }
868 void restore() {
869 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
870 }
871 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
872 restore();
873 }
874 LookupResult &R;
875 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
876};
877}
878
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000879bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000880 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000881
882 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000883 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000884
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000885 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
886 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
887 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
888 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000889 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000890 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
891 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000892
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000893 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
894 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
895
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000896 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000897 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000898 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
899 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000900
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000901 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000902 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000903 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
904 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
905 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000906 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000907 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000908 //
909 // For example:
910 // namespace A { int i; }
911 // void foo() {
912 // int i;
913 // {
914 // using namespace A;
915 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
916 // }
917 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000918 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000919 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
920 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000921 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000922 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000923
924 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
925 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
926
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000927 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000928 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000929
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000930 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000931 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000932 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000933 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000934 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
935 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
936 // out-of-scope.
937 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
938 LeftStartingScope = true;
939
940 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000941 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
942 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
943 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
944 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000945 R.setShadowed();
946 continue;
947 }
948 }
949
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000950 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000951 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000952 }
953 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000954 if (Found) {
955 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000956 if (S->isClassScope())
957 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
958 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000959 return true;
960 }
961
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000962 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000963 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
964 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
965 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
966 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
967 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
968 return false;
969 }
970
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000971 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
972 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
973 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000974 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000975 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
976 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
977 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
978 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
979 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
980 }
981
982 if (Ctx) {
983 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
984 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
985 llvm::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
986 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
987 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
988
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000989 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000990 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
991 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
992 // non-transparent context.
993 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000994 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000995
996 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
997 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
998 // function/method are present within the Scope.
999 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1000 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1001 // in the corresponding interface.
1002 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1003 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1004 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1005 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1006 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001007 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001008 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001009 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1010 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001011 R.resolveKind();
1012 return true;
1013 }
1014 }
1015 }
1016 }
1017
1018 continue;
1019 }
1020
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001021 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1022 // lookup considering using directives.
1023 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001024 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1025 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1026 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001027 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1028 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1029 continue;
1030
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001031 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001032 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001033
1034 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1035 // from local scopes.
1036 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1037 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1038 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1039 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1040 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1041
1042 UDirs.done();
1043
1044 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1045 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001046
1047 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1048 R.resolveKind();
1049 return true;
1050 }
1051
1052 continue;
1053 }
1054
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001055 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1056 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1057 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1058 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1059 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1060 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001061 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001062 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001064 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001065 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001066
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001067 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1068 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1069 if (!S) return false;
1070
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001071 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001072 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001073 return false;
1074
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001075 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001076 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001077 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001078 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1079 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001080 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1081 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1082 UDirs.done();
1083 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001084
1085 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1086 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1087 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1088 FindLocals.restore();
1089
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001090 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001091 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1092 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1093 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1094 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001095 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001096 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001097 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001098 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001099 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1100 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1101 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1102 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001103 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001104 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001105 }
1106 }
1107
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001108 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001109 R.resolveKind();
1110 return true;
1111 }
1112
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001113 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001114 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1115 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1116 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001117 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001118 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1119 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1120 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1121 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
1122 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
1123 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001124
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001125 if (Ctx) {
1126 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1127 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
1128 llvm::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
1129 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1130 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1131
1132 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1133 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1134 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1135 // non-transparent context.
1136 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1137 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001138
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001139 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1140 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1141 // look into that context.
1142 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1143 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1144 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001145
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001146 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1147 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1148 Found = true;
1149 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001150
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001151 if (Found) {
1152 R.resolveKind();
1153 return true;
1154 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001155
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001156 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1157 return false;
1158 }
1159 }
1160
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001161 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001162 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001163 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001164
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001165 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001166}
1167
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001168/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1169/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1170static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1171 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1172}
1173
1174/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1175static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1176 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1177 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1178 // the module containing the pattern.
1179 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1180 Entity = Pattern;
1181 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1182 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1183 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1184 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1185 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1186 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1187 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1188 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1189 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1190 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1191 else if (From)
1192 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1193 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1194 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1195 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1196 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1197 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1198 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1199 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1200 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1201 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1202 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1203 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1204 }
1205
1206 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1207 // from a template.
1208 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1209 if (Context->isFileContext())
1210 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1211 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1212}
1213
1214llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1215 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1216 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1217 I != N; ++I) {
1218 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1219 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
1220 M = 0;
1221 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1222 }
1223 return LookupModulesCache;
1224}
1225
1226/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1227///
1228/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1229/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1230/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1231/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1232/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1233/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1234bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1235 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1236 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1237 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1238 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1239
1240 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1241 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1242 if (LookupModules.empty())
1243 return false;
1244
1245 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1246 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1247 return true;
1248
1249 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1250 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1251 return false;
1252
1253 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1254 // the lookup set.
1255 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1256 E = LookupModules.end();
1257 I != E; ++I)
1258 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1259 return true;
1260 return false;
1261}
1262
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001263/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1264///
1265/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1266/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1267/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001268///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001269/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1270/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001271static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1272 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001273
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001274 for (Decl::redecl_iterator RD = D->redecls_begin(), RDEnd = D->redecls_end();
1275 RD != RDEnd; ++RD) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001276 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*RD)) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001277 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001278 return ND;
1279 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001280 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001281
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001282 return 0;
1283}
1284
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001285NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1286 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1287}
1288
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001289/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1290/// scope.
1291///
1292/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1293/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1294/// @code
1295/// int x;
1296/// int f() {
1297/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1298/// }
1299/// @endcode
1300///
1301/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1302/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1303/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1304/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1305/// class LookupCriteria.
1306///
1307/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1308/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1309/// in the parent scopes.
1310///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001311/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1312/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1313/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1314/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001315///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001316/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001317bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1318 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001319 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001320
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001321 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1322
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001323 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001324 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1325 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001326 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001327 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1328 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001329 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001330 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001331 }
1332
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001333 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1334 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1335
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001336 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1337 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1338 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1339 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001340 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1341
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001342 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001344 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001345 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001346 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1347 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1348 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001349 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001350 LeftStartingScope = true;
1351
1352 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1353 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001354 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1355 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001356 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001357 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001358 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001359 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1360 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1361 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001362
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001363 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001364
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001365 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1366 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001367 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001368 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1369 // actually exists in a Scope).
1370 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1371 S = S->getParent();
1372
1373 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1374 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1375 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1376 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
1377 S = 0;
1378
1379 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
1380 DeclContext *DC = 0;
1381 if (!S)
1382 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1383
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001384 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1385 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001386 if (S) {
1387 // Match based on scope.
1388 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1389 break;
1390 } else {
1391 // Match based on DeclContext.
1392 DeclContext *LastDC
1393 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1394 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1395 break;
1396 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001397
1398 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1399 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1400 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001401 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001402
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001403 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001404 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001405
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001406 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001407 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001408 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001409 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001410 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001411 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001412 }
1413
1414 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1415 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1416 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001417 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1418 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001419
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001420 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1421 // may be able to handle the situation.
1422 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1423 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1424 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001425}
1426
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001427/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1428/// using directives by the given context.
1429///
1430/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001431/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001432/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1433/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1434/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1435/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1436/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1437/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1438/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1439/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1440/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1441/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1442/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1443/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001444///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001445/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1446/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1447/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1448/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1449/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1450/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1451/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1452/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1453/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001454static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001455 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001456 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1457
1458 DeclContext::udir_iterator I = StartDC->using_directives_begin();
1459 DeclContext::udir_iterator E = StartDC->using_directives_end();
1460
1461 if (I == E) return false;
1462
1463 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001464 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001465 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1466
1467 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1468 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001469 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001470
1471 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1472 // with its using-children.
1473 for (; I != E; ++I) {
John McCallb8be78b2009-11-10 09:25:37 +00001474 NamespaceDecl *ND = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001475 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001476 Queue.push_back(ND);
1477 }
1478
1479 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1480 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1481 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1482 // a tag.
1483 bool FoundTag = false;
1484 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1485
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001486 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001487
1488 bool Found = false;
1489 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001490 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001491
1492 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1493 // between LookupResults.
1494 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001495 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001496 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001497
1498 if (FoundDirect) {
1499 // First do any local hiding.
1500 DirectR.resolveKind();
1501
1502 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1503 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1504 FoundTag = true;
1505 else
1506 FoundNonTag = true;
1507
1508 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1509 if (UseLocal) {
1510 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1511 LocalR.clear();
1512 }
1513 }
1514
1515 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1516 if (FoundDirect) {
1517 Found = true;
1518 continue;
1519 }
1520
1521 for (llvm::tie(I,E) = ND->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
1522 NamespaceDecl *Nom = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001523 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001524 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1525 }
1526 }
1527
1528 if (Found) {
1529 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1530 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1531 else
1532 R.resolveKind();
1533 }
1534
1535 return Found;
1536}
1537
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001538/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001539static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001540 CXXBasePath &Path,
1541 void *Name) {
1542 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001543
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001544 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1545 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001546 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001547}
1548
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001549/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001550/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1551template<typename InputIterator>
1552static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1553 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1554 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1555 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001556
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001557 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1558 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1559 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1560 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1561 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001562
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001563 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1564 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1565 break;
1566 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001567
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001568 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1569 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1570 break;
1571 }
1572 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001573
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001574 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1575 return true;
1576 }
1577
1578 return false;
1579}
1580
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001581/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001582///
1583/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1584/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001585/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001586///
1587/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1588/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1589/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1590/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1591/// class LookupCriteria.
1592///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001593/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1594///
1595/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001596/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1597/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1598///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001599/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001600/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001601///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001602/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1603bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1604 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001605 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001606
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001607 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001608 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001609
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001610 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1611 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1612 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001613 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001614 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001615 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001616
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001617 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001618 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001619 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001620 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1621 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001622 return true;
1623 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001624
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001625 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1626 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1627 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1628 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1629 // for the namespace member has the form
1630 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1631 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1632 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1633 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001634 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001635 return false;
1636
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001637 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001638 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001639 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001640
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001641 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001642 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001643 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001644 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001645 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001646
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001647 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1648 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001649 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001650 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1651 // or we have to fail.
1652 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1653 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1654 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1655 return false;
1656 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001657
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001658 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001659 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1660 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001661
1662 // Look for this member in our base classes
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001663 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = 0;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001664 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001665 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001666 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1667 case LookupMemberName:
1668 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001669 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001670 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1671 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001672
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001673 case LookupTagName:
1674 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1675 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001676
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001677 case LookupAnyName:
1678 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1679 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001680
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001681 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1682 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001683
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001684 case LookupOperatorName:
1685 case LookupNamespaceName:
1686 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001687 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001688 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001689 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001690
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001691 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1692 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1693 break;
1694 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001695
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001696 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1697 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001698 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001699
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001700 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1701
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001702 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1703 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1704 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1705 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1706 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1707 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001708 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001709 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001710 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001711
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001712 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001713 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001714 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001715
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001716 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1717 // across all paths.
1718 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001719
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001720 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1721 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001722 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001723 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1724 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001725 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001726 }
1727
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001728 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001729 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1730 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001731 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
1732 // this lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001733 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001734 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001735 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1736 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001737
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001738 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1739 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001740 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1741 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1742 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001743
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001744 ++FirstD;
1745 ++CurrentD;
1746 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001747
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001748 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1749 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001750 continue;
1751 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001752
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001753 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1754 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001755 }
1756
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001757 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001758 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1759
1760 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1761 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1762 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001763 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001764 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001765 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001766
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001767 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1768 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001769 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1770 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001771 }
1772 }
1773
1774 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1775
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001776 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = Paths.front().Decls;
1777 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001778 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1779 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1780 D->getAccess());
1781 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1782 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001783 R.resolveKind();
1784 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001785}
1786
1787/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1788/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1789///
1790/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1791/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1792/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1793/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1794/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1795///
1796/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1797/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001799/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001800///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001801/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1802/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1803///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001804/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001805bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001806 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001807 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1808 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001809 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001810 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001811 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001813 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1814 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001816 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001817 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001818 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001819
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001820 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001821 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001822 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001823
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001824 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001825 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001826 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001827 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1828 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001829 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001830 }
1831
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001832 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001833 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001834}
1835
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001836
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001837/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001838/// from name lookup.
1839///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001840/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001841void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001842 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1843
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001844 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1845 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1846 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1847
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001848 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1849 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1850 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1851 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1852 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1853 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1854 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001855
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001856 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001857 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1858 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1859 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001860
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001861 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001862 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001863 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001864
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001865 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001866 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1867 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001868
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001869 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001870 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001871 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1872 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001873 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001874 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001875 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1876 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1877 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001878 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001879 }
1880
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001881 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1882 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001883
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001884 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1885
1886 LookupResult::iterator DI, DE = Result.end();
1887 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1888 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(*DI)) {
1889 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1890 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1891 }
1892
1893 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1894 if (!isa<TagDecl>(*DI))
1895 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
1896
1897 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001898 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1899 while (F.hasNext()) {
1900 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1901 F.erase();
1902 }
1903 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001904 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001905 }
1906
1907 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1908 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001909
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001910 LookupResult::iterator DI = Result.begin(), DE = Result.end();
1911 for (; DI != DE; ++DI)
1912 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << *DI;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001913 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001914 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001915 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001916}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001917
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001918namespace {
1919 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001920 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001921 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1922 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001923 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1924 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001925 }
1926
1927 Sema &S;
1928 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1929 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001930 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001931 };
1932}
1933
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001935addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001936
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001937static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1938 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1939 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1940
1941 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1942 // be a locally scoped record.
1943
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001944 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1945 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1946 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1947 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1948 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001949 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1950
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001951 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001952 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001953}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001954
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001956// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001957static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001958addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1959 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001960 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001962 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1963 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1964 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001966 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1967 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1968 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1969 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001970 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001971 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001973 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001974 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001975 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1976 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001977 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001978 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001979 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001980 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001981 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1982 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001983 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001984 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001985 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001986 }
1987 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001988 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001989
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001990 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001991 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1992 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001993 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001995 // associated namespaces. ]
1996 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001997
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001998 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
1999 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = Arg.pack_begin(),
2000 PEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2001 P != PEnd; ++P)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002002 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, *P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002003 break;
2004 }
2005}
2006
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002007// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002008// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2009// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2010static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002011addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2012 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2013
2014 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2015 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2016 return;
2017
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002018 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2019 // [...]
2020 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2021 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2022 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2023 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002025
2026 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2027 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2028 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002029 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002030 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002031 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002032
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002033 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2034 // need to visit base classes.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002035 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002036 return;
2037
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2039 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002040 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002042 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002043 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2044 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2045 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002046 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002047 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002048 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2049 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2050 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002051 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002052 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002053 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002054
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002055 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2056 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002057 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002058 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002059
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002060 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
2061 if (!Class->hasDefinition()) {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002062 QualType type = Result.S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Class);
2063 if (Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, type,
2064 /*no diagnostic*/ 0))
2065 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002066 }
2067
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002068 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2069 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002070 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002071 Bases.push_back(Class);
2072 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2073 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002074 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002075
2076 // Visit the base classes.
2077 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = Class->bases_begin(),
2078 BaseEnd = Class->bases_end();
2079 Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002080 const RecordType *BaseType = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002081 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2082 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2083 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2084 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2085 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2086 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2087 if (!BaseType)
2088 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002089 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002090 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002091 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2092 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002093 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002094
2095 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2096 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2097 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2098 }
2099 }
2100 }
2101}
2102
2103// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2104// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2106static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002107addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002108 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2109 //
2110 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2111 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2112 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2113 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2114 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2115 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2116 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2117 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002118
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002119 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002120 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2121
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002122 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002123 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2124
2125#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2126#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2127#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2128#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2129#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2130#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2131 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2132 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2133 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2134 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2135 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002136 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002137
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002138 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2139 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2140 case Type::Pointer:
2141 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2142 continue;
2143 case Type::ConstantArray:
2144 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2145 case Type::VariableArray:
2146 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2147 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002148
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002149 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2150 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2151 case Type::Builtin:
2152 break;
2153
2154 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2155 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2156 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2157 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2158 // which its associated classes are defined.
2159 case Type::Record: {
2160 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2161 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002162 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002163 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002164 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002165
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002166 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2167 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002168 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002169 // it has no associated class.
2170 case Type::Enum: {
2171 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002172
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002173 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2174 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002175 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002176
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002177 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002178 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002179
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002180 break;
2181 }
2182
2183 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2184 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2185 // types and those associated with the return type.
2186 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2187 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002188 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator
2189 Arg = Proto->param_type_begin(),
2190 ArgEnd = Proto->param_type_end();
2191 Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg)
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002192 Queue.push_back(Arg->getTypePtr());
2193 // fallthrough
2194 }
2195 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2196 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002197 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002198 continue;
2199 }
2200
2201 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2202 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2203 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2204 // together with those associated with X.
2205 //
2206 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2207 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2208 // with the member type together with those associated with
2209 // X.
2210 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2211 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2212
2213 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2214 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2215
2216 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2217 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2218 continue;
2219 }
2220
2221 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2222 case Type::BlockPointer:
2223 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2224 continue;
2225
2226 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2227 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2228 case Type::LValueReference:
2229 case Type::RValueReference:
2230 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2231 continue;
2232
2233 // These are fundamental types.
2234 case Type::Vector:
2235 case Type::ExtVector:
2236 case Type::Complex:
2237 break;
2238
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002239 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2240 case Type::Auto:
2241 break;
2242
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002243 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2244 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2245 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002246 case Type::ObjCObject:
2247 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2248 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002249 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002250 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002251
2252 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2253 // contained type.
2254 case Type::Atomic:
2255 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2256 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002257 }
2258
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002259 if (Queue.empty())
2260 break;
2261 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002262 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002263}
2264
2265/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2266/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2267/// arguments.
2268///
2269/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002271/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002272void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2273 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2274 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2275 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002276 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2277 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2278
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002279 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2280 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002281
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002282 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2283 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2284 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2285 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2286 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2287 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002288 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002289 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002290 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2291
2292 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002293 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002294 continue;
2295 }
2296
2297 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2298 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2299 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2300 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2301 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2302 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2303 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002304 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002305 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002306 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002307 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002309 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2310 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002311
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002312 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end();
2313 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002314 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002315 FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002316
2317 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2318 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002319 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002320 }
2321 }
2322}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002323
2324/// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is
2325/// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose
2326/// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine
2327/// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning
2328/// enumeration types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002329static bool
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002330IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn,
2331 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2332 ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002333 if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType()))
2334 return true;
2335
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002336 if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType()))
2337 return true;
2338
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002339 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002340 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1)
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002341 return false;
2342
2343 if (T1->isEnumeralType()) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002344 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002345 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType))
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002346 return true;
2347 }
2348
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002349 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2)
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002350 return false;
2351
2352 if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002353 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002354 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType))
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002355 return true;
2356 }
2357
2358 return false;
2359}
2360
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002361NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002362 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002363 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2364 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002365 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002366 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002367 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002368}
2369
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002370/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002371ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002372 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2373 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002374 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002375 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002376 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2377}
2378
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002379void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002380 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002381 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002382 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2383 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2384 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2385 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2386 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
2387 // functions are ignored. However, if no operand has a class
2388 // type, only those non-member functions in the lookup set
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002389 // that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to
2390 // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002391 // type, or (if there is a right operand) a second parameter
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002392 // of type T2 or "reference to (possibly cv-qualified) T2",
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002393 // when T2 is an enumeration type, are candidate functions.
2394 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002395 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2396 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002397
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002398 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
2399
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002400 if (Operators.empty())
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002401 return;
2402
2403 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Operators.begin(), OpEnd = Operators.end();
2404 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002405 NamedDecl *Found = (*Op)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2406 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002407 if (IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FD, T1, T2, Context))
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002408 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess()); // FIXME: canonical FD
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002410 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002411 // FIXME: friend operators?
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002412 // FIXME: do we need to check IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002413 // later?
2414 if (!FunTmpl->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002415 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess());
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002416 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002417 }
2418}
2419
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002420Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002421 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2422 bool ConstArg,
2423 bool VolatileArg,
2424 bool RValueThis,
2425 bool ConstThis,
2426 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002427 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002428 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002429 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002430 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2431 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2432 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2433 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2434 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2435 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2436
2437 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002438 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002439 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2440 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2441 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2442 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2443 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2444 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2445
2446 void *InsertPoint;
2447 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2448 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2449
2450 // This was already cached
2451 if (Result)
2452 return Result;
2453
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002454 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2455 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002456 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2457
2458 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002459 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002460 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2461 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002462 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2463 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002464 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2465 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002466 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002467 return Result;
2468 }
2469
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002470 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2471 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002472 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002473 DeclarationName Name;
2474 Expr *Arg = 0;
2475 unsigned NumArgs;
2476
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002477 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2478 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2479
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002480 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2481 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2482 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002483 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2484 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002485 } else {
2486 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2487 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002488 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002489 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002490 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002491 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002492 } else {
2493 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002494 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002495 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002496 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002497 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002498 }
2499
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002500 if (ConstArg)
2501 ArgType.addConst();
2502 if (VolatileArg)
2503 ArgType.addVolatile();
2504
2505 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2506 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2507 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2508 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2509 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2510 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2511 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002512 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002513 VK = VK_LValue;
2514 else
2515 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002516 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002517
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002518 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2519
2520 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002521 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002522 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002523 }
2524
2525 // Create the object argument
2526 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2527 if (ConstThis)
2528 ThisTy.addConst();
2529 if (VolatileThis)
2530 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002531 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002532 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2533 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002534
2535 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2536 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2537 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Nick Lewycky56412332014-01-11 02:37:12 +00002538 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation());
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002539 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002540 assert(!R.empty() &&
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002541 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002542
2543 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2544 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2545 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2546
2547 for (SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *>::iterator I = Candidates.begin(),
Richard Smithd55889a2013-09-09 16:55:27 +00002548 E = Candidates.end();
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002549 I != E; ++I) {
2550 NamedDecl *Cand = *I;
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002551
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002552 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002553 continue;
2554
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002555 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2556 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2557 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2558 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2559 // either.
2560 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2561
2562 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2563 continue;
2564 }
2565
2566 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002567 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002568 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002569 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2570 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002571 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002572 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2573 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002574 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002575 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002576 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2577 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002578 RD, 0, ThisTy, Classification,
2579 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002580 OCS, true);
2581 else
2582 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002583 0, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2584 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002585 } else {
2586 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002587 }
2588 }
2589
2590 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2591 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2592 case OR_Success:
2593 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002594 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002595 break;
2596
2597 case OR_Deleted:
2598 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002599 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002600 break;
2601
2602 case OR_Ambiguous:
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002603 Result->setMethod(0);
2604 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2605 break;
2606
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002607 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2608 Result->setMethod(0);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002609 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002610 break;
2611 }
2612
2613 return Result;
2614}
2615
2616/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2617CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002618 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002619 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2620 false, false);
2621
2622 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002623}
2624
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002625/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2626CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002627 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002628 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2629 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2630 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2631 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2632 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2633
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002634 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2635}
2636
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002637/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002638CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2639 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002640 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002641 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2642 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002643
2644 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2645}
2646
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002647/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2648DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002649 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002650 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002651 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002652 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002653 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002654 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002655 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002656 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002657 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002658
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002659 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2660 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2661 return Class->lookup(Name);
2662}
2663
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002664/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2665CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2666 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002667 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002668 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2669 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2670 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2671 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2672 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2673 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2674 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2675 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2676 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2677
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002678 return Result->getMethod();
2679}
2680
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002681/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2682CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002683 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002684 bool RValueThis,
2685 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2686 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2687 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2688 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002689 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2690 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002691 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2692 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2693
2694 return Result->getMethod();
2695}
2696
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002697/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2698///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002699/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2700/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002701///
2702/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2703CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002704 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2705 false, false, false,
2706 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002707}
2708
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002709/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2710/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2711///
2712/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2713/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2714/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2715Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2716Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2717 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002718 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2719 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002720 LookupName(R, S);
2721 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2722 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2723
2724 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2725 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2726
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002727 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002728 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2729 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002730 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2731
2732 while (F.hasNext()) {
2733 Decl *D = F.next();
2734 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2735 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2736
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002737 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2738 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2739 F.erase();
2740 continue;
2741 }
2742
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002743 bool IsRaw = false;
2744 bool IsTemplate = false;
2745 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2746 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2747
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002748 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2749 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2750 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2751 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002752 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002753 IsExactMatch = true;
2754 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2755 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2756 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2757 IsExactMatch = false;
2758 break;
2759 }
2760 }
2761 }
2762 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002763 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2764 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2765 if (Params->size() == 1)
2766 IsTemplate = true;
2767 else
2768 IsStringTemplate = true;
2769 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002770
2771 if (IsExactMatch) {
2772 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002773 AllowRaw = false;
2774 AllowTemplate = false;
2775 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2776 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002777 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2778 // already found.
2779 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002780 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002781 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002782 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2783 FoundRaw = true;
2784 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2785 FoundTemplate = true;
2786 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2787 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002788 } else {
2789 F.erase();
2790 }
2791 }
2792
2793 F.done();
2794
2795 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2796 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2797 // or literal operator template.
2798 if (FoundExactMatch)
2799 return LOLR_Cooked;
2800
2801 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2802 // operator template, but not both.
2803 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2804 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002805 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2806 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002807 return LOLR_Error;
2808 }
2809
2810 if (FoundRaw)
2811 return LOLR_Raw;
2812
2813 if (FoundTemplate)
2814 return LOLR_Template;
2815
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002816 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2817 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2818
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002819 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2820 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2821 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002822 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2823 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002824 return LOLR_Error;
2825}
2826
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002827void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2828 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2829
2830 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2831 // was exactly this one, we're done.
2832 if (Old == 0 || Old == New) {
2833 Old = New;
2834 return;
2835 }
2836
2837 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002838 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2839 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002840
2841 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2842 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002843 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002844
2845 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2846 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2847 if (!Cursor) return;
2848
2849 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2850 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2851
2852 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2853 }
2854
2855 Old = New;
2856}
2857
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002858void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002859 SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
Richard Smithb6626742012-10-18 17:56:02 +00002860 ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002861 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2862 // arguments we have.
2863 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2864 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002865 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002866 AssociatedNamespaces,
2867 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002868
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002869 QualType T1, T2;
2870 if (Operator) {
2871 T1 = Args[0]->getType();
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002872 if (Args.size() >= 2)
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002873 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2874 }
2875
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002876 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002877 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2878 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2879 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2880 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2881 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2882 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2883 // is the union of X and Y.
2884 //
2885 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2886 // candidate set.
2887 for (AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator NS = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002888 NSEnd = AssociatedNamespaces.end();
2889 NS != NSEnd; ++NS) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002890 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2891 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2892 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2893 //
2894 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2895 // ignored.
2896 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002897 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002898 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2899 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2900 // lookup (11.4).
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002901 DeclContext::lookup_result R = (*NS)->lookup(Name);
2902 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
2903 ++I) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002904 NamedDecl *D = *I;
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002905 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2906 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002907 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2908 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2909 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2910 continue;
2911
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002912 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2913 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2914 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2915 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2916 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2917 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2918 break;
2919 }
2920 }
2921 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002922 continue;
2923 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002924
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002925 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2926 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002927
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002928 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2929 if (Operator &&
2930 !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(cast<FunctionDecl>(D),
2931 T1, T2, Context))
2932 continue;
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002933 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2934 continue;
2935
2936 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002937 }
2938 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002939}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002940
2941//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2942// Search for all visible declarations.
2943//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2944VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2945
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002946bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2947
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002948namespace {
2949
2950class ShadowContextRAII;
2951
2952class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2953public:
2954 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2955 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2956 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002957 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002958
2959private:
2960 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2961 /// this name within a particular scope.
2962 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2963
2964 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2965 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2966
2967 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2968 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2969
2970 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2971
2972public:
2973 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2974 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2975 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2976 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2977 }
2978
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002979 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2980 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2981 }
2982
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002983 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2984 /// current scope.
2985 ///
2986 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2987 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2988 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2989
2990 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002991 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2992 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
2993 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002994};
2995
2996/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
2997class ShadowContextRAII {
2998 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
2999
3000 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3001
3002public:
3003 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
3004 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
3005 }
3006
3007 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003008 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3009 }
3010};
3011
3012} // end anonymous namespace
3013
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003014NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003015 // Look through using declarations.
3016 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003017
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003018 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3019 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3020 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3021 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3022 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3023 if (Pos == SM->end())
3024 continue;
3025
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003026 for (ShadowMapEntry::iterator I = Pos->second.begin(),
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003027 IEnd = Pos->second.end();
3028 I != IEnd; ++I) {
3029 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +00003030 if ((*I)->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003031 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003032 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3033 continue;
3034
3035 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
3036 if ((((*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
3037 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
3038 (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
3039 continue;
3040
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003041 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3042 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3043 // signatures!
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003044 if ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
3045 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003046 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003047 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003048
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003049 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
3050 return *I;
3051 }
3052 }
3053
3054 return 0;
3055}
3056
3057static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3058 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003059 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003060 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3061 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003062 if (!Ctx)
3063 return;
3064
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003065 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3066 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3067 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003068
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003069 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3070 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3071
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003072 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +00003073 for (DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator L = Ctx->lookups_begin(),
3074 LEnd = Ctx->lookups_end();
3075 L != LEnd; ++L) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00003076 DeclContext::lookup_result R = *L;
3077 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
3078 ++I) {
3079 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003080 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003081 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003082 Visited.add(ND);
3083 }
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003084 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003085 }
3086 }
3087
3088 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3089 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3090 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3091 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, E;
3092 for (llvm::tie(I, E) = Ctx->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003093 LookupVisibleDecls((*I)->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003094 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003095 }
3096 }
3097
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003098 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003099 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003100 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3101 return;
3102
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003103 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator B = Record->bases_begin(),
3104 BEnd = Record->bases_end();
3105 B != BEnd; ++B) {
3106 QualType BaseType = B->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003107
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003108 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3109 // there anyway.
3110 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3111 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003112
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003113 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3114 if (!Record)
3115 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003116
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003117 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3118 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3119 //
3120 // struct A { int member; };
3121 // struct B { int member; };
3122 // struct C : A, B { };
3123 //
3124 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3125 //
3126 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3127 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3128 // class, e.g.,
3129 //
3130 // c->B::member
3131 //
3132 // or
3133 //
3134 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003135
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003136 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3137 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3138 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003139 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003140 }
3141 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003142
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003143 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3144 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3145 // Traverse categories.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003146 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
3147 Cat = IFace->visible_categories_begin(),
3148 CatEnd = IFace->visible_categories_end();
3149 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003150 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003151 LookupVisibleDecls(*Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003152 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003153 }
3154
3155 // Traverse protocols.
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00003156 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator
3157 I = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
3158 E = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003159 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003160 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003161 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003162 }
3163
3164 // Traverse the superclass.
3165 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3166 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3167 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003168 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003169 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003170
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003171 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3172 // synthesized ivars.
3173 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3174 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003175 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003176 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003177 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003178 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
3179 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = Protocol->protocol_begin(),
3180 E = Protocol->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3181 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003182 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003183 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003184 }
3185 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
3186 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = Category->protocol_begin(),
3187 E = Category->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3188 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003189 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003190 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003191 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003192
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003193 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3194 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3195 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003196 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003197 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003198 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003199 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003200}
3201
3202static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3203 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3204 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3205 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3206 if (!S)
3207 return;
3208
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003209 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3210 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003211 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3212 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003213 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003214 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
3215 for (Scope::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
3216 D != DEnd; ++D) {
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003217 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003218 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003219 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), 0, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003220 Visited.add(ND);
3221 }
3222 }
3223 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003224
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003225 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003226 DeclContext *Entity = 0;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003227 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003228 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3229 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3230 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003231 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003232 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003233
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003234 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003235 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003236 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3237 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3238 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3239 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3240 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003241 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003242 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003243 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003244 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003245 }
3246
3247 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3248 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3249 // outer scope.
3250 break;
3251 }
3252
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003253 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3254 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003255
3256 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003257 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003258 }
3259 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3260 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3261 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3262 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3263 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3264 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3265 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003266 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003267 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003268 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003269 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003270 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003271 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003272 }
3273
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003274 if (Entity) {
3275 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3276 // directives.
3277 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
3278 llvm::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
3279 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3280 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003281 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003282 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003283 }
3284
3285 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3286 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3287 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3288}
3289
3290void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003291 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3292 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003293 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3294 // unqualified name lookup.
3295 Scope *Initial = S;
3296 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003297 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003298 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3299 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3300 S = S->getParent();
3301
3302 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3303 }
3304 UDirs.done();
3305
3306 // Look for visible declarations.
3307 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003308 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003309 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003310 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3311 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003312 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3313 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3314}
3315
3316void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003317 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3318 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003319 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003320 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003321 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003322 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3323 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003324 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003325 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003326 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003327}
3328
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003329/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003330/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3331/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3332/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003333LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003334 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003335 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003336 NamedDecl *Res = 0;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003337
3338 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3339 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3340 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3341 Scope *S = CurScope;
3342 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3343 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3344 }
3345
3346 // Not a GNU local label.
3347 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3348 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3349 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003350 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
3351 Res = 0;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003352 if (Res == 0) {
3353 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003354 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3355 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003356 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3357 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003358 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003359 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3360}
3361
3362//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003363// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003364//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003365
3366namespace {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003367
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00003368typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003369typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> TypoResultsMap;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00003370typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003371
3372static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3373
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003374class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
3375 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003376 StringRef Typo;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003377
3378 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3379 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00003380 ///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003381 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3382 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003383 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003384
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003385 Sema &SemaRef;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003386
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003387public:
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003388 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef, IdentifierInfo *Typo)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003389 : Typo(Typo->getName()),
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003390 SemaRef(SemaRef) {}
3391
3392 bool includeHiddenDecls() const { return true; }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003393
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003394 virtual void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3395 bool InBaseClass);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003396 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3397 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003398 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL,
3399 bool isKeyword = false);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003400 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003401
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003402 typedef TypoResultsMap::iterator result_iterator;
3403 typedef TypoEditDistanceMap::iterator distance_iterator;
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003404 distance_iterator begin() { return CorrectionResults.begin(); }
3405 distance_iterator end() { return CorrectionResults.end(); }
3406 void erase(distance_iterator I) { CorrectionResults.erase(I); }
3407 unsigned size() const { return CorrectionResults.size(); }
3408 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003409
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003410 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003411 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003412 }
3413
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003414 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003415 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003416 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3417
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003418 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003419 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003420 }
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003421
3422 TypoResultsMap &getBestResults() {
3423 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second;
3424 }
3425
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003426};
3427
3428}
3429
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003430void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003431 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003432 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3433 if (Hiding)
3434 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003435
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003436 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3437 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3438 // etc.).
3439 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3440 if (!Name)
3441 return;
3442
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003443 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3444 // names that exactly match.
3445 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name->getName() != Typo &&
3446 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3447 return;
3448
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003449 FoundName(Name->getName());
3450}
3451
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003452void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003453 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3454 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
3455 addName(Name, NULL);
3456}
3457
3458void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3459 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3460 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
3461 addName(Keyword, NULL, NULL, true);
3462}
3463
3464void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3465 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003466 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3467 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
3468 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)Typo.size());
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00003469 if (MinED && Typo.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003470 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003471
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003472 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3473 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003474 unsigned UpperBound = (Typo.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3475 unsigned ED = Typo.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
3476 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003477
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003478 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003479 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3480 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003481}
3482
3483void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003484 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003485 TypoResultList &CList =
3486 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003487
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003488 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3489 CList.pop_back();
3490 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3491 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3492 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3493 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3494 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3495 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3496 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3497 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3498 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3499 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3500 *RI = Correction;
3501 return;
3502 }
3503 }
3504 }
3505 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3506 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003507
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003508 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
3509 erase(llvm::prior(CorrectionResults.end()));
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003510}
3511
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003512// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3513// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3514// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3515static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3516 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3517 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3518 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3519 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3520 else
3521 Identifiers.clear();
3522
3523 const IdentifierInfo *II = NULL;
3524
3525 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3526 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3527 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3528 break;
3529
3530 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3531 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3532 return;
3533 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3534 break;
3535
3536 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3537 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3538 break;
3539
3540 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3541 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3542 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3543 break;
3544
3545 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3546 return;
3547 }
3548
3549 if (II)
3550 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3551}
3552
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003553namespace {
3554
3555class SpecifierInfo {
3556 public:
3557 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3558 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3559 unsigned EditDistance;
3560
3561 SpecifierInfo(DeclContext *Ctx, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, unsigned ED)
3562 : DeclCtx(Ctx), NameSpecifier(NNS), EditDistance(ED) {}
3563};
3564
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003565typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3566typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003567
3568class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
3569 ASTContext &Context;
3570 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003571 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003572 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3573 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003574 bool isSorted;
3575
3576 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3577 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3578 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3579
3580 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3581 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3582 static DeclContextList BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3583
3584 void SortNamespaces();
3585
3586 public:
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003587 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
3588 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramerde1d6232011-07-05 09:46:31 +00003589 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(BuildContextChain(CurContext)),
Kaelyn Uhrain52dd02d2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003590 isSorted(false) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003591 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3592 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : 0) {
3593 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3594 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3595
3596 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3597 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003598 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
Benjamin Kramer474261a2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00003599 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003600 // context.
3601 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3602 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3603 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3604 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3605 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3606 }
Kaelyn Uhrain52dd02d2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003607
3608 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3609 Distances.insert(1);
3610 DistanceMap[1].push_back(
3611 SpecifierInfo(cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3612 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1));
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003613 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003614
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003615 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3616 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3617 void AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003618
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003619 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3620 iterator begin() {
3621 if (!isSorted) SortNamespaces();
3622 return Specifiers.begin();
3623 }
3624 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3625};
3626
3627}
3628
3629DeclContextList NamespaceSpecifierSet::BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start) {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003630 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003631 DeclContextList Chain;
3632 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != NULL;
3633 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3634 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3635 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3636 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3637 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3638 }
3639 return Chain;
3640}
3641
3642void NamespaceSpecifierSet::SortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003643 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003644 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3645
3646 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3647 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3648
3649 Specifiers.clear();
Craig Topper2341c0d2013-07-04 03:08:24 +00003650 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator DI = sortedDistances.begin(),
3651 DIEnd = sortedDistances.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003652 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
3653 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[*DI];
3654 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3655 }
3656
3657 isSorted = true;
3658}
3659
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003660static unsigned BuildNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context,
3661 DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3662 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
3663 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3664 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3665 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3666 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3667 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3668 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3669 ++NumSpecifiers;
3670 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3671 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3672 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3673 ++NumSpecifiers;
3674 }
3675 }
3676 return NumSpecifiers;
3677}
3678
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003679void NamespaceSpecifierSet::AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003680 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL;
3681 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3682 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(BuildContextChain(Ctx));
3683 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3684
3685 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3686 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3687 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3688 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3689 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3690 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3691 }
3692
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003693 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
3694 NumSpecifiers = BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
3695
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003696 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3697 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003698 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003699 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003700 NumSpecifiers =
3701 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003702 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3703 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003704 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003705 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3706 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003707 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3708 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003709 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3710 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3711 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3712 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3713 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3714 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3715 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003716 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003717 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3718 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3719 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3720 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3721 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3722 NumSpecifiers =
3723 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003724 }
3725 }
3726
3727 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3728 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3729 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3730 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3731 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3732 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3733 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3734 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3735 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3736 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3737 }
3738
3739 isSorted = false;
3740 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
3741 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SpecifierInfo(Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers));
3742}
3743
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003744/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3745static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3746 LookupResult &Res,
3747 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3748 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3749 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3750 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003751 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3752 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003753 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3754 Res.clear();
3755 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003756 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003757 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003758 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003759 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003760 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3761 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3762 Res.resolveKind();
3763 return;
3764 }
3765 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003766
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003767 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3768 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3769 Res.resolveKind();
3770 return;
3771 }
3772 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003773
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003774 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3775 return;
3776 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003777
3778 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003779 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003780
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003781 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3782 // LookupParsedName.
3783 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3784 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003785 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003786 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3787 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003788 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003789 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3790 Res.addDecl(IV);
3791 Res.resolveKind();
3792 }
3793 }
3794 }
3795}
3796
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003797/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3798static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3799 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003800 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3801 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3802 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3803 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3804 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3805 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3806 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3807 return;
3808 }
3809
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003810 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3811 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003812
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003813 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003814 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003815 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003816 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003817 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003818 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3819 // storage-specifiers as well
3820 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3821 };
3822
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003823 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003824 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3825 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3826
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003827 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003828 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003829 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003830 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003831 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003832 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3833
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003834 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003835 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3836 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3837 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3838
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003839 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003840 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3841 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3842 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3843 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3844 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3845 }
3846 }
3847
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003848 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003849 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
3850 }
3851
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003852 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003853 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3854 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3855 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3856 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3857 }
3858
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003859 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003860 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003861 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003862 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
3863 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
3864 }
3865
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003866 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003867 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003868 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
3869 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003870 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003871 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
3872 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
3873
3874 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
3875 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
3876 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
3877
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003878 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003879 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
3880 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
3881 }
3882 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00003883
3884 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
3885 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
3886 // is present.
3887 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
3888 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003889 }
3890
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003891 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003892 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
3893 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003894 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003895 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003896 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003897 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
3898 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
3899
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003900 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003901 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
3902 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
3903 }
3904
3905 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
3906 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
3907
3908 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
3909 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
3910
3911 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
3912 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
3913 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
3914 }
3915 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003916 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003917 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
3918 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3919 }
3920
3921 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
3922 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
3923 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
3924 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
3925 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
3926 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
3927 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
3928 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
3929 }
3930 }
3931
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003932 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003933 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
3934
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003935 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003936 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
3937 }
3938 }
3939}
3940
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003941static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3942 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3943 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3944 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3945}
3946
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003947/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3948/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3949/// a module' correction.
3950static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC,
3951 DeclarationName TypoName) {
3952 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3953 return;
3954
3955 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3956
3957 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3958 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3959 break;
3960 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3961 if (DI == DE)
3962 return;
3963
3964 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3965 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3966
3967 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3968 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3969 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3970 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3971
3972 if (VisibleDecl) {
3973 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3974 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3975 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3976 NewDecls.clear();
3977 }
3978 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3979 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3980 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3981 }
3982
3983 if (NewDecls.empty())
3984 TC = TypoCorrection();
3985 else {
3986 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3987 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3988 }
3989}
3990
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003991/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
3992/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
3993/// present in the source code.
3994///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003995/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
3996/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
3997///
3998/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003999///
4000/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4001///
4002/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4003/// looking for, if present.
4004///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004005/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4006/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4007/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4008///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004009/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4010/// a member access expression.
4011///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004012/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004013/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4014///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004015/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4016/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4017///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004018/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4019/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4020/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4021/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4022TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4023 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4024 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004025 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004026 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4027 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004028 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4029 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004030 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4031 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4032 if (ExternalSource) {
4033 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4034 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4035 return Correction;
4036 }
4037
Richard Smith1fff95c2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004038 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4039 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004040 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004041
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004042 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4043 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4044 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
Alp Tokerbfa39342014-01-14 12:51:41 +00004045 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004046 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4047 return TypoCorrection();
4048
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004049 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004050 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004051 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004052 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004053
4054 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4055 // typos.
4056 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004057 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004058
4059 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4060 // instantiation.
4061 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004062 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004063
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e56dd42013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004064 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4065 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4066 return TypoCorrection();
4067
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004068 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4069 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4070 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman7fc6e1b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004071 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004072 return TypoCorrection();
4073
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004074 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4075 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4076 // remove this workaround.
4077 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4078 return TypoCorrection();
4079
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004080 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces(Context, CurContext, SS);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004081
4082 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, Typo);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004083
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004084 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4085 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004086 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004087 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004088
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004089 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004090 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004091 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004092 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004093 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004094
4095 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4096 if (OPT) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004097 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator
4098 I = OPT->qual_begin(), E = OPT->qual_end();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004099 I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004100 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004101 }
4102 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004103 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4104 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004105 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004106
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004107 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4108 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4109 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4110 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004111 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004112 ++TyposCorrected;
4113
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004114 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004115 } else {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004116 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4117 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4118 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004119 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4120 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4121 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4122 if (Cached->second) {
4123 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004124 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4125 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlove8ae13f2013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004126 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004127 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4128 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4129 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4130 if (LookupName(R, S))
4131 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4132 }
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004133 } else {
4134 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4135 // correction candidates is not being used.
4136 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4137 return TypoCorrection();
4138 }
4139 }
4140 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004141 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4142 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4143 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4144 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004145 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004146 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004147 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004148
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004149 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4150 // corrections.
4151 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrainf4657d52012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004152 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004153 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004154 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004155 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004156 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4157 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4158
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004159 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004160 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4161 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004162 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004163 for (IdentifierTable::iterator I = Context.Idents.begin(),
4164 IEnd = Context.Idents.end();
4165 I != IEnd; ++I)
4166 Consumer.FoundName(I->getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004167
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004168 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004169 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004170 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4171 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +00004172 OwningPtr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004173 do {
4174 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4175 if (Name.empty())
4176 break;
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004177
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004178 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4179 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004180 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004181 }
4182
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004183 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004184
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004185 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004186 if (Consumer.empty())
4187 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4188 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004189
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004190 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4191 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004192 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004193 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004194 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4195 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004196
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004197 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4198 // to search those namespaces.
4199 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004200 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4201 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004202 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004203 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4204 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4205 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExternalKnownNamespaces.size(); I != N; ++I)
4206 KnownNamespaces[ExternalKnownNamespaces[I]] = true;
4207 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004208
4209 for (llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool>::iterator
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004210 KNI = KnownNamespaces.begin(),
4211 KNIEnd = KnownNamespaces.end();
4212 KNI != KNIEnd; ++KNI)
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004213 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(KNI->first);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004214
4215 for (ASTContext::type_iterator TI = Context.types_begin(),
4216 TIEnd = Context.types_end();
4217 TI != TIEnd; ++TI) {
4218 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = (*TI)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004219 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004220 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004221 !CD->isUnion() &&
4222 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4223 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(CD);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004224 }
4225 }
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004226 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004227
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004228 // Weed out any names that could not be found by name lookup or, if a
4229 // CorrectionCandidateCallback object was provided, failed validation.
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004230 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 16> QualifiedResults;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004231 LookupResult TmpRes(*this, TypoName, LookupKind);
4232 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
4233 while (!Consumer.empty()) {
4234 TypoCorrectionConsumer::distance_iterator DI = Consumer.begin();
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004235 for (TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator I = DI->second.begin(),
4236 IEnd = DI->second.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004237 I != IEnd; /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004238 // If we only want nested name specifier corrections, ignore potential
4239 // corrections that have a different base identifier from the typo.
4240 if (AllowOnlyNNSChanges &&
4241 I->second.front().getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo) {
4242 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
4243 ++I;
4244 DI->second.erase(Prev);
4245 continue;
4246 }
4247
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004248 // If the item already has been looked up or is a keyword, keep it.
4249 // If a validator callback object was given, drop the correction
4250 // unless it passes validation.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004251 bool Viable = false;
Benjamin Kramera2dcac12012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004252 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = I->second.begin();
4253 RI != I->second.end(); /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004254 TypoResultList::iterator Prev = RI;
4255 ++RI;
4256 if (Prev->isResolved()) {
4257 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, *Prev))
Benjamin Kramera2dcac12012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004258 RI = I->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004259 else
4260 Viable = true;
4261 }
4262 }
4263 if (Viable || I->second.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004264 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004265 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004266 if (!Viable)
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004267 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004268 continue;
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004269 }
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004270 assert(I->second.size() == 1 && "Expected a single unresolved candidate");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004271
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004272 // Perform name lookup on this name.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004273 TypoCorrection &Candidate = I->second.front();
4274 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Uhrain10413a42013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004275 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
4276 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
4277retry_lookup:
4278 LookupPotentialTypoResult(*this, TmpRes, Name, S, TempSS,
4279 TempMemberContext, EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004280 CCC.IsObjCIvarLookup,
4281 Name == TypoName.getName() &&
4282 !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004283
4284 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
4285 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4286 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
Kaelyn Uhrain5a43b462011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004287 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Kaelyn Uhrain10413a42013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004288 if (TempSS) {
4289 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4290 TempSS = NULL;
4291 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4292 goto retry_lookup;
4293 }
4294 if (TempMemberContext) {
4295 if (SS && !TempSS)
4296 TempSS = SS;
4297 TempMemberContext = NULL;
4298 goto retry_lookup;
4299 }
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004300 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004301 // We didn't find this name in our scope, or didn't like what we found;
4302 // ignore it.
4303 {
4304 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Next = I;
4305 ++Next;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004306 DI->second.erase(I);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004307 I = Next;
4308 }
4309 break;
4310
4311 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4312 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004313 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004314
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004315 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004316 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004317 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4318 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4319 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
4320 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD)
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004321 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004322 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004323 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4324 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004325 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004326 }
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004327 break;
4328 }
4329
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004330 case LookupResult::Found: {
4331 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004332 Candidate.setCorrectionDecl(TmpRes.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004333 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004334 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4335 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004336 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004337 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004338 break;
4339 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004340
4341 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004342 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004343
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004344 if (DI->second.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004345 Consumer.erase(DI);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004346 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || QualifiedResults.empty() || !DI->first)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004347 // If there are results in the closest possible bucket, stop
4348 break;
4349
4350 // Only perform the qualified lookups for C++
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004351 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004352 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004353 for (SmallVector<TypoCorrection,
4354 16>::iterator QRI = QualifiedResults.begin(),
4355 QRIEnd = QualifiedResults.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004356 QRI != QRIEnd; ++QRI) {
4357 for (NamespaceSpecifierSet::iterator NI = Namespaces.begin(),
4358 NIEnd = Namespaces.end();
4359 NI != NIEnd; ++NI) {
4360 DeclContext *Ctx = NI->DeclCtx;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004361 const Type *NSType = NI->NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4362
4363 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4364 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4365 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4366 // is an appropriate correction.
4367 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl =
4368 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
4369 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4370 continue;
4371 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004372
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004373 TypoCorrection TC(*QRI);
4374 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4375 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NI->NameSpecifier);
4376 TC.setQualifierDistance(NI->EditDistance);
4377 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4378
4379 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4380 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4381 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4382 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4383 if (QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo &&
4384 TmpED && TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4385 continue;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004386
4387 TmpRes.clear();
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004388 TmpRes.setLookupName(QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004389 if (!LookupQualifiedName(TmpRes, Ctx)) continue;
4390
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004391 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4392 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004393 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004394 case LookupResult::Found:
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004395 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004396 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4397 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4398 std::string OldQualified;
4399 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4400 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, getPrintingPolicy());
4401 OldOStream << TypoName;
4402 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4403 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4404 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4405 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4406 break;
4407 }
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004408 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4409 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004410 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4411 if (CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4412 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0,
Eli Friedman3be1a1c2013-10-01 02:44:48 +00004413 TRD.getPair()) == AR_accessible)
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004414 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4415 }
4416 if (TC.isResolved())
4417 Consumer.addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004418 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004419 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004420 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4421 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4422 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
Kaelyn Uhrain5a43b462011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004423 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004424 break;
4425 }
4426 }
4427 }
4428 }
4429
4430 QualifiedResults.clear();
4431 }
4432
4433 // No corrections remain...
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004434 if (Consumer.empty())
4435 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004436
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00004437 TypoResultsMap &BestResults = Consumer.getBestResults();
4438 ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004439
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004440 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004441 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4442 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4443 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004444 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4445 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004446 }
4447
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004448 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004449 if (BestResults.size() == 1) {
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004450 const TypoResultList &CorrectionList = BestResults.begin()->second;
4451 const TypoCorrection &Result = CorrectionList.front();
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004452 if (CorrectionList.size() != 1)
4453 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004454
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004455 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4456 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004457 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4458 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004459
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004460 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4461 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4462 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4463
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004464 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4465 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004466 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC, TypoName.getName());
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004467 return TC;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004468 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004469 else if (BestResults.size() > 1
4470 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4471 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4472 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4473 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004474 && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004475 && BestResults["super"].front().isKeyword()) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004476 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4477 // context.
4478
4479 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4480 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004481 if (ED == 0)
4482 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004483
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004484 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4485 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004486 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestResults["super"].front();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004487
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004488 TypoCorrection TC = BestResults["super"].front();
4489 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4490 return TC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004491 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004492
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004493 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did
4494 // not filter out possible corrections, note that no correction was found.
4495 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback)
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004496 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
4497
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004498 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004499}
4500
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004501void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4502 if (!CDecl) return;
4503
4504 if (isKeyword())
4505 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4506
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004507 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004508
4509 if (!CorrectionName)
4510 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4511}
4512
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004513std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4514 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4515 std::string tmpBuffer;
4516 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4517 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004518 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004519 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004520 }
4521
4522 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004523}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004524
4525bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4526 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4527 return true;
4528
4529 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4530 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4531 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4532
4533 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4534 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4535 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4536 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(*CDecl))
4537 return true;
4538 }
4539
4540 return WantTypeSpecifiers;
4541}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004542
4543FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
4544 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4545 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs) {
4546 WantTypeSpecifiers = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4547 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4548}
4549
4550bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4551 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4552 return candidate.isKeyword();
4553
4554 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator DI = candidate.begin(),
4555 DIEnd = candidate.end();
4556 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
4557 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
4558 NamedDecl *ND = (*DI)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4559 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4560 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4561 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4562 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4563 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4564 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4565 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4566 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4567 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4568 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4569 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004570 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004571 return true;
4572 }
4573 }
4574 if (FD && FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4575 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs)
4576 return true;
4577 }
4578 return false;
4579}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004580
4581void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4582 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4583 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4584 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4585 ErrorRecovery);
4586}
4587
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004588/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4589/// the given declaration.
4590static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4591 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4592 return VD->getDefinition();
4593 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4594 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : 0;
4595 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4596 return TD->getDefinition();
4597 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4598 return ID->getDefinition();
4599 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4600 return PD->getDefinition();
4601 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4602 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
4603 return 0;
4604}
4605
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004606/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4607/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4608///
4609/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4610/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4611/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4612/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4613/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4614/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4615/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4616/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4617/// to it.
4618void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4619 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4620 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4621 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4622 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4623 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4624 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4625 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4626
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004627 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4628 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4629 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4630 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4631
4632 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4633 // possible.
4634 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4635 if (!Def)
4636 Def = Decl;
4637 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4638 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4639
4640 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4641 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4642 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4643 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4644
4645 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
4646 if (!isSFINAEContext() && ErrorRecovery)
4647 createImplicitModuleImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4648 Owner);
4649 return;
4650 }
4651
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004652 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4653 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4654
4655 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
4656 Correction.isKeyword() ? 0 : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4657 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4658 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4659 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4660}